22.50 ' EX LIBRE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA JOHN HENRY NASH LIBRARY <> SAN FRANCISCO <$> PRESENTED TO THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA ROBERT GORDON SPROUL, PRESIDENT. MR.ANDMRS.MILTON S.RAV CECILY, VIRGINIA AND ROSALYN RAY RAY OIL BURNER COMPANY SPECIMENS of Linotype, Monotype, and Hand Type in use in the Book Composing Room SPECIMENS of Linotype, Monotype, and Hand Type in use in the Book Composing Room of the TROW DIRECTORY, PRINTING AND BOOKBINDING COMPANY Trow Directory, Printing and Bookbinding Company 201-213 East Twelfth Street New York Copyright, 1905, by Trow Directory, Printing and Bookbinding Company INDEX LINOTYPE PAGE 12 Point DeVinne, leaded . 2 solid 3 12 Point Scotch, leaded . . 4 solid 5 12jPoint Caslon, leaded . . 6 solid 7 11 Point DeVinne, leaded . 8 solid 9 11 Point Scotch, leaded . . 10 solid 11 11 Point No. 1, leaded . . . 12 solid 13 11 Point No. 9, leaded ... 14 solid 15 11 Point Caslon, leaded . . 16 solid 17 11 Point Old Style, leaded . 18 solid 19 10 Point DeVinne, leaded . 20 solid 21 10 Point Scotch, leaded . . 22 solid 23 10 Point No. 13, leaded . . 24 solid 25 10 Point Caslon, leaded . . 26 solid 27 10 Point Old Style, leaded . 28 solid . . 29 PAGE 10 Point Old Style Antique: leaded 30 solid 31 9 Point No. 13, leaded . . . 32 solid 33 9 Point Old Style, leaded . . 34 solid 35 8 Point No. 19, leaded ... 36 solid 37 8 Point No. 4, leaded ... 38 solid 39 8 Point Old Style, leaded . . 40 solid 41 7 Point No. 1, leaded ... 42 solid 43 6 Point No. 1, leaded ... 44 solid 45 6 Point No. 3, leaded ... 46 solid 47 6 Point Old Style, leaded . . 48 solid 49 5 J Point No. 3, leaded ... 50 solid 51 12 Point Original Old Style: leaded 52 solid 53 Linotype Job Faces .... 54 VI INDEX MONOTYPE 12 Point No. 8, leaded . PAGE . . 56 8 Point No. 36, leaded . PAGE . . 88 solid . . 57 solid . . 89 12 Point No. 31, leaded . . 58 8 Point No. 31, leaded . . . 90 solid . . 59 solid . . 91 11 Point No. 8, leaded. . . 60 8 Point No. 15, leaded . . . 92 solid . . 61 solid . . 93 11 Point No. 36, leaded . . 62 8 Point No. 25, leaded . . . 94 solid . . 63 solid . . 95 11 Point No. 37, leaded . . 64 8 Point No. 28, leaded . . . 96 solid . . 65 solid . . 97 11 Point No. 31, leaded . . 66 8 Point No. 68, leaded . . . 98 solid . . 67 . . 99 11 Point No. 25, leaded . . 68 7 Point No. 8, leaded . . . 100 solid . . 69 solid . . 101 10 Point No. 8, leaded . . . 70 7 Point No. 31, leaded . . . 102 sob'd . . 71 solid . . 103 10 Point No. 1, leaded . . . 72 7 Point No. 26, leaded . . . 104 solid . . 73 solid . . 105 10 Point No. 36, leaded . . 74 7 Point No. 28, leaded . . . 106 solid . . 75 solid . . 107 10 Point No. 37, leaded . . 76 6 Point No. 8, leaded . . . 108 solid . . 77 solid . . 109 10 Point No. 31, leaded . . 78 6 Point No. 19, leaded . . . 110 solid . . 79 solid . . Ill 10 Point No. 25, leaded . . 80 6 Point No. 31, leaded . . . 112 solid . . 81 solid . . 113 9 Point No. 8, leaded . . 82 6 Point No. 25, leaded . . . 114 solid . . 83 solid . . 115 9 Point No. 31, leaded . . . 84 6 Point No. 28, leaded . . . 116 solid . . 85 solid . . 117 8 Point No. 8, leaded . . . 86 solid . . 87 INDEX VII HAND TYPE PAGE 18 Point Old Style, leaded . 120 solid 121 Great Primer Lightface: leaded 122 solid 123 Great Primer Modern, leaded 124 solid 125 Great Primer Old Style: leaded 126 solid 127 14 Point Caslon, leaded . . 128 solid 129 14 Point Old Style, leaded . 130 solid 131 English Modern, leaded . . 132 solid 133 English Old Style, leaded . . 134 solid 135 12 Point Scotch, leaded . . 136 solid 137 12 Point Caslon, leaded . . 138 solid 139 12 Point Old Style, leaded . 140 solid 141 12 Point Cheltenham, leaded . 142 solid 143 Three Nick Pica, leaded . . 144 solid 145 Electro Pica Old Style, leaded 146 solid 147 11 Point Modern, leaded . . 148 solid 149 11 Point Scotch, leaded . . 150 solid 151 11 Point Caslon, leaded . . 152 solid 153 Small Pica No. 1, leaded . . 154 solid . . 155 10 Point Modern, leaded . . 156 solid 157 10 Point Scotch, leaded . . 158 solid 159 10 Point Caslon, leaded . . 160 solid 161 10 Point No. 20, leaded . .162 solid 163 Long Primer No. 13, leaded . 164 solid 165 Long Primer Old Style, leaded 166 solid 167 Electro Modern Bourgeois: leaded 168 solid 169 Electro Old Style Bourgeois: leaded 170 solid 171 8 Point Farmer's Roman: leaded 172 solid 173 8 Point Scotch, leaded . . .174 solid 175 8 Point Caslon, leaded . . .176 solid 177 8 Point No. 20, leaded . . .178 solid 176 Brevier No. 6, leaded . . .180 solid 181 Three Nick Minion, leaded . 182 solid 183 Electro Minion Old Style: leaded 184 solid 185 6 Point No. 20, leaded . . .186 solid 187 Copperface Nonpareil, leaded 188 solid . . . 189 LINOTYPE 2 TWELVE POINT DEVINNE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capa- ble man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi- he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an Linotype 12 pt. DeVinne leaded. 28 lines, 230 words. TWELVE POINT DEVINNE 3 EXPEKIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capa- ble man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to Linotype 12 pt. DeVinne, solid. 32 lines, 264 words. 4 TWELVE POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctual- ity is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. Linotype 12 pt. Scotch, leaded. 28 lines, 243 words. TWELVE POINT SCOTCH 5 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as- the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is lie a *erfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is is eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctual- ity is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out Linotype 12 pt. Scotch, solid. 32 lines, 279 words. 6 TWELVE POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for "going to case," or learning the Linotype 12 pt. Caslon, leaded. 28 lines, 235 words. TWELVE POINT CASLON 7 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The Linotype 12 pt. Caslon, solid. 32 lines, 272 words. 8 ELEVEN POINT DEVINNE EXPEEIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out Linotype 11 pt. DeVinne, leaded. 30 lines, 279 words. ELEVEN POINT DEVINNE 9 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age 1 A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, Linotype 11 pt. DeVinne, solid. 36 lines, 335 words. 10 ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi- he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to cor- rect them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it Linotype 11 pt. Scotch, leaded. 30 lines, 304 words. ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH 11 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to cor- rect them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be Linotype 11 pt. Scotch, solid. 36 lines, 364 words. 12 ELEVEN POINT NUMBER ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to Linotype 11 pt. No. 1, leaded. 30 lines, 259 words. ELEVEN POINT NUMBER ONE 13 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the corn- Linotype 11 pt.'No. 1, solid. 36 lines, 310 words. 14 ELEVEN POINT NUMBEK NINE EXPEDIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capa- ble man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fel- low. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowl- edge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is lie a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling Linotype 11 pt. No. 9, leaded. 30 lines, 307 words. ELEVEN POINT NUMBEK NINE 15 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capa- ble man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fel- low. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowl- edge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is lie a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, Linotype 11 pt. No. 9, solid. 36 lines, 367 words. 16 ELEVEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out Linotype 11 pt. Caslon, leaded. 30 lines, 279 words. ELEVEN POINT CASLON 17 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a erfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is is eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks Linotype 11 pt. Caslon. solid. 36 lines, 335 words. i8 ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words Linotype 11 pt. Old Style, leaded. 30 lines, 292 words. ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE 19 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing- stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the Linotype 11 pt. Old Style, solid. 36 lines, 350 words. 20 TEN POINT DEVINNE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case/' or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- man under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks Linotype 10 pt. DeVinne, leaded. 33 lines, 335 words. TEN POINT DEYINNE 21 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? 7s he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- man under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well Linotype 10 pt. DeVinne, solid. 39 lines, 398 words. 22 TEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must Linotype 10 pt. Scotch, leaded. 33 lines, 339 words. TEN POINT SCOTCH 23 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? 7* he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a Linotype 10 pt. Scotch, solid. 39 lines, 405 words. 24 TEN POINT NUMBER THIRTEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the posi- tion of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing- stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at Linotype 10 pt. No. 13, leaded. 33 lines, 348 words. TEN POINT NUMBEK THIKTEEN 25 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the posi- tion of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing- stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless Linotype 10 pt. No. 13, solid. 39 lines, 419 words. 26 TEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No Linotype 10 pt. Caslon, leaded. 33 lines, 358 words. TEN POINT CASLON 27 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the Linotype 10 pt. Caslon, solid. 39 lines, 429 words. 28 TEN POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must Linotype 10 pt. Old Style, leaded. 33 lines, 339 words. TEN POINT OLD STYLE 29 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a Linotype 10 pt. Old Style, solid. 39 lines, 405 words. 30 TEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a per- fect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift Linotype 10 pt. Old Style Antique, leaded. 33 lines, 323 words. TEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 31 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a per- fect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exer- cise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The Linotype 10 pt. Old Style Antique, solid. 39 lines, 383 words. 32 NINE POINT NUMBER THIRTEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling*, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled Linotype 9 pt. No. 13, leaded. 36 lines, 388 words. NINE POINT NUMBER THIRTEEN 33 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling 1 , careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mys- tery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he pro- ceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and ver- Linotype 9 pt. No. 13, solid. 44 lines, 478 words. 34 NINE POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No mat- ter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his Linotype 9 pt. Old Style, leaded. 36 lines, 396 words. NINE POINT OLD STYLE 35 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No mat- ter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to Linotype 9 pt. Old Style, solid. 44 lines, 488 words 36 EIGHT POINT NUMBER NINETEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller t Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and Linotype 8 pt. No. 19, leaded. 40 lines, 473 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER NINETEEN 37 EXPEEIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the Linotype 8 pt. No. 19, solid. 50 lines, 593 words. 38 EIGHT POINT NUMBER FOUR EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the mat- ter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical Linotype 8 pt. No. 4, leaded. 40 lines, 449 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBEK FOUK 39 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling 1 , careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the mat- ter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the appren- tice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he Linotype 8 pt. No. 4, solid. 50 lines, 561 words. 40 EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to Linotype 8 pt. Old Style, leaded. 40 lines, 474 words. EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE 41 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult after- ward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between Linotype 8 pt. Old Style, solid. 50 lines, 592 words. 42 SEVEN POINT NUMBER ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural con- sequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side- wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and Linotype 7 pt. No. 1, leaded. 44 lines, 525 words. SEVEN POINT NUMBER ONE 43 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? 7s he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural con- sequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side- wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at Linotype 7 pt. No. 1, solid. 57 lines, 680 words. 44 SIX POINT NUMBER ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is diffi- cult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cau- tioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the Linotype 6 pt. No. 1, leaded. 50 lines, 632 words. SIX POINT NUMBER ONE 45 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is diffi- cult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cau- tioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distin- guished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by Linotype 6 pt. No. 1, solid. 66 lines, 802 words. 46 SIX POINT NUMBER THREE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, Industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, care- less boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is fie a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No mat- ter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp In his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cau- tioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several Linotype 6 pt. No. 3, leaded. 50 lines, 646 words. SIX POINT NUMBER THREE 47 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, care- less boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No mat- ter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cau- tioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the founda- tion of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. Re must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is Linotype 6 pt. No. 3, solid. 66 lines, 827 words. 48 SIX POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- tribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at Linotype 6 pt. Old Style, leaded. 50 lines, 680 worda SIX POINT OLD STYLE 49 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- Eoses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of im, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- Earative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When e is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- tribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so use- Linotype 6 pt. Old Style, solid. 66 lines, 869 words. 50 FIVE AND ONE-HALF POINT NUMBER THREE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he Is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he Justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick Is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp In his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respec- tive boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accom- plished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling dur- Linotype 5 1-2 pt. No. 3, leaded. 54 lines, 778 words. FIVE AND ONE-HALF POINT NUMBER THREE 51 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the -workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufllciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respec- tive boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accom- plished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling dur- ing his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so useful that his services cannot well be dis- pensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effectively aid in his advancement. Courtesy toward his master is a matter of course, and deserving of little commendation; but he must be courteous to customers when sent out on an errand, and courteous to the workmen in the office. By this means he will secure good-will, and many a friendly hint will be given to him in acquiring a knowledge of the art. The habit when fixed will bless him and others as long aa he lives. Position. The standing position of a compositor should be perfectly upright, without stiffness or restraint; the shoulders thrown back, the feet firm on the floor, heels nearly closed, and toes turned out to form an angle of about forty- five degrees. The head and body should be kept perfectly steady, except when Linotype 5 1-2 pt. No. 3, solid. 73 lines, 1023 words. 52 TWELVE POINT ORIGINAL EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a per- fect s feller? Has he a turn for reading*? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- Linotype 12 pt. Original Old Style, leaded. 28 lines, 259 words. TWELVE POINT ORIGINAL 53 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own des- tiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a per- fect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies Linotype 12 pt. Original Old Style, solid. 32 lines, 297 words. 54 TEN POINT CLABENDON Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. EIGHT POINT CLARENDON Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is EIGHT POINT TITLE No. i Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is EIGHT POINT IONIC Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The SIX POINT BOLDFACE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, Just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the Inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, Industrious lad Trill graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling;, careless boy Trill ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a inaster- Linotype Job Faces. For headings and full-face in text. MONOTYPE 56 TWELVE POINT NO. EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the- pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for "going to case," or learning the art of Monotype 12 pt. No. 8, leaded. 28 lines, 238 words. TWELVE POINT NO. EIGHT 57 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worth- less fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line Monotype 12 pt. No. 8, solid. 32 lines, 276 words. 58 TWELVE POINT NO. THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the Monotype 12 pt. No. 31, leaded. 28 lines, 263 words. TWELVE POINT NO. THIRTY-ONE 59 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight Monotype 12 pt. No. 31, solid. 32 lines, 300 words. 60 ELEVEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to Monotype 11 pt. No. 8, leaded. 30 lines, 302 words. ELEVEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT 61 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent prepara- tive for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so grad- uated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how Monotype 11 pt. No. 8, solid. 36 lines, 360 words. 62 ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various let- ters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- Monotype 11 pt. No. 36, leaded. 30 lines, 313 words. ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH 63 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various let- ters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal dis- tances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes Monotype 11 pt. No. 36, solid. 36 lines, 377 words. 64 ELEVEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the compos- ing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to Monotype 11 pt. No. 37, leaded. 30 lines, 319 words. ELEVEN POINT CASLON 65 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is be a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the compos- ing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so grad- uated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine Monotype 11 pt. No. 37, solid. 36 lines, 385 words. 66 ELEVEN POINT NO. THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various let- ters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- Monotype 11 pt. No. 31, leaded. 30 lines, 313 words. ELEVEN POINT NO. THIRTY-ONE 67 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various let- ters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal dis- tances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes Monotype 11 pt. No. 31, solid." 36 lines, 377 words. 68 ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these quali- ties proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required Monotype 11 pt. No. 25, leaded. 30 lines, 285 words. ELEVEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 69 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these quali- ties proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing- stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be Monotype 11 pt. No. 25, solid. 36 lines, 340 words. 70 TEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon hun. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all Monotype 10 pt. No. 8, leaded. 33 lines, 349 words. TEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT 71 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been Monotype 10 pt. No. 8, solid. 39 lines, 417 words. 72 TEN POINT NUMBER ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as un- mistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for read- ing? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the mat- ter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he Monotype 10 pt. No. 1, leaded. 33 lines, 368 words. TEN POINT NUMBER ONE 73 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as un- mistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for read- ing? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the mat- ter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to Monotype 10 pt. No. 1, solid. 39 lines, 439 words. 74 TEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impa- tient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be Monotype 10 pt. No. 36, leaded. 33 lines, 387 words. TEN POINT SCOTCH 75 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impa- tient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught Monotype 10 pt. No. 36, solid. 39 lines, 462 words. 76 TEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the per- verse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is be a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an ex- cellent preparative for "going to case,'* or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; Monotype 10 pt. No. 37, leaded. 33 lines, 400 words. TEN POINT CASLON 77 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the per- verse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an ex- cellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely Monotype 10 pt. No. 37, solid. 39 lines, 477 words. 78 TEN POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be Monotype 10 pt. No. 31, leaded. 33 lines, 370 words. TEN POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE 79 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perject speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep Monotype 10 pt. No. 31, solid. 39 lines, 340 words. 8o TEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedi- ent, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the Monotype 10 pt. No. 25, leaded. 33 lines, 332 words. TEN POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 81 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedi- ent, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is re- quired to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well Monotype 10 pt. No. 25, solid 39 lines, 398 words. 82 NINE POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a Monotype 9 pt. No. 8, leaded. 36 lines, 410 words. NINE POINT NUMBER EIGHT 83 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the Monotype 9 pt. No. 8, solid. 44 lines, 504 words. 84 NINE POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common -school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to compo- sition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical Monotype 9 pt. No. 31, leaded. 36 lines, 449 words. NINE POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE 85 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to compo- sition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly con- versant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more Monotype 9 pt. No. 31, solid. 44 lines, 549 words. 86 EIGHT POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant Monotype 8 pt. No. 8, leaded. 40 lines, 489 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER EIGHT 87 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out witn ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective Monotype 8 pt. No. 8, solid. 50 lines, 609 words. 88 EIGHT POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learn- ing the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult after- ward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- Monotype 8 pt. No. 36, leaded. 40 lines, 531 words. EIGHT POINT SCOTCH 89 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workmr.n, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learn- ing the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult after- ward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- tribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two be- tween the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad nabits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner Monotype 8 pt. No. 36, solid. 50]lines, 666 words. 90 EIGHT POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? 7* he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learn- ing the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult after- ward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- Monotype 8 pt. No. 31, leaded. 40 lines, 531 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE 91 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master -knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? 7s he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learn- ing the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult after- ward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to dis- tribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two be- tween the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner Monotype 8 pt. No. 31, solid. 50 lines, 664 words. 92 EIGHT POINT NUMBER FIFTEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistak- ably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be Monotype 8 pt. No. 15, leaded. 40 lines, 461 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER FIFTEEN 93 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistak- ably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he jus- tifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the appren- tice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can Monotype 8 pt. No. 15, solid. 50 lines, 577 words. 94 EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely Monotype 8 pt. No. 25, leaded. 40 lines, 477 words. EIGHT POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 95 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thor- oughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can dis- tinguish " u " from " n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between Monotype 8 pt. No. 25, solid. 50 lines, 592 words. 96 EIGHT POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispen- sable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has Monotype 8 pt. No. 28, leaded. 40 lines, 416 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT 97 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispen- sable. When a lad who possesses these qualities pro- poses to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side- wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accu- rately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly con- versant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish Monotype 8 pt. No. 28, solid. 50 lines, 518 words. 98 EIGHT POINT ELZEVIR Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will grad- uate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an ex- cellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- Monotype 8 pt. No. 68, leaded. 40 lines, 490 words. EIGHT POINT ELZEVIR 99 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will grad- uate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an ex- cellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how im- patient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accu- rately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and Monotype 8 pt. No. 68, solid. 50 lines, 614 words. 100 SEVEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPEBIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is al- lowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a Monotype 7 pt. No. 8, leaded. 44 lines, 588 words. SEVEN POINT NUMBER EIGHT 101 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is al- lowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the out- set, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour Monotype 7 pt. No. 8, solid. 57 lines, 736 words. 102 SEVEN POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly cor- rect, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition Monotype 7 pt. No. 31, leaded. 44 lines, 625 words. SEVEN POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE 103 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly cor- rect, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctiiality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The Monotype 7 pt. No. 31, solid. 57 lines, 788 words. 104 SEVEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY -SIX Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will en- title him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp Monotype 7 pt. No. 26, leaded. 44 lines, 555 words. SEVEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY-SIX 105 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will en- title him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is en- joined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly in- clined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for Monotype 7 pt. No. 26, solid. 57 lines, 711 words. 106 SEVEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thor- oughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can dis- Monotype 7 pt. No. 28, leaded. 44 lines, 517 words. SEVEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT 107 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for ** going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thor- oughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can dis- tinguish " u " from " n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times be- fore placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not Monotype 7 pt. No. 28, solid. 57 lines, 670 words. 108 SIX POINT NUMBER EIGHT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller t Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office Monotype 6 pt. No. 8, leaded. 50 lines, 700 words. SIX POINT NUMBER EIGHT 109 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? 7s he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time ia not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grum- bling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so useful that his services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effec- Monotype 6 pt. No. 8, solid. 66 lines, 891 words. 110 SIX POINT NUMBER NINETEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect spellerf Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several tunes before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Monotype 6 pt. No. 19, leaded. 50 lines, 688 words. SIX POINT NUMBER NINETEEN 111 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig f9retells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going 19 case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utnrost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened, and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The ap- prentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to antici- Eate his master's wishes, and oy endeavoring to make himself so useful that is services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Monotype 6 pt. No. 19, solid. 66 lines, 881 words. us SIX POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can dis- tinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punct- uality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to Monotype 6 pt. No. 31, leaded. 50 lines, 786 words. SIX POINT NUMBER THIRTY-ONE 113 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts put the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can dis- tinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punct- uality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatisfac- tion. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make him- self so useful that his services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effectively aid in his advancement. Courtesy toward his master is a matter of course, and deserving of little commendation ; but he must be courteous to customers when sent out on an errand, and courteous to the workmen in the office. By this means he will secure good-will, and many a friendly hint will be given to him in acquiring a knowledge of the art. The habit when fixed will bless him and others as long as he lives. Position. The standing position of a compositor should be perfectly upright, without stiffness or restraint ; the shoulders thrown back, the feet firm on the floor, heels nearly closed, and toes turned out to form an angle of about forty-five degrees. The head and Monotype 6 pt. No. 31, solid. 66 lines, 1015 words. XI 4 SIX POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conver- sant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u " from " n," "b" from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can con- veniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the out- set, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being Monotype 6 pt. No. 25, leaded. 50 lines, 716 words. SIX POINT OLD STYLE ANTIQUE 115 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the C9mposing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conver- sant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can con- veniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the out- set, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits: such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accom- plished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grum- bling or dissatisfaction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so useful that his services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effec- tively aid in his advancement. Courtesy toward his master is a matter of course, and deserving of little commendation; but he must be courteous to Monotype 6 pt. No. 25, solid. 66 lines, 917 words. 116 SIX POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse* idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case,*' or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the compos- ing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be Instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swift- ness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and verti- cally on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand ac- curately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish * u " from n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisi- Monotype 6 pt. No. 28, leaded. 50 lines, 625 words. SIX POINT NUMBER TWENTY-EIGHT 117 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the hend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady in- dustry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for *' going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the compos- ing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swift- ness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and verti- cally on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand ac- curately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n, ** b " from ** q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisi- tion of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them al- ready) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equiva- lent to stealing. The second point is Monotype 6 pt. No. 28, solid. 66 lines, 791 words. HAND TYPE 120 EIGHTEEN POINT EXPERIENCE proves that the ap- prentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, care- less boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowl- edge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good mor- als and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who pos- Hand 18 pt. Old Style, leaded. 19 lines, 111 words. EIGHTEEN POINT 121 EXPERIENCE proves that the ap- prentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, care- less boy will ripen into a lazy, dis- solute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowl- edge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good mor- als and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- Hand 18 pt. Old Style, solid. 21 lines, 122 words. 122 GREAT PRIMER EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his out- set determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and Hand Great Primer Lightface, leaded. 21 lines, 103 words. GREAT PRIMER 123 EXPEEIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, disso- lute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his out- set determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who Hand Great Primer Lightface, solid. 23 lines, 111 words. 124 GREAT PRIMER EXPEKIENCE proves that the ap- prentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fel- low. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are in- dispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- Hand Great Primer Modern, leaded. 21 lines, 122 words. GREAT PRIMER 125 EXPEKIEISTCE proves that the ap- prentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fel- low. The fact is, a boy is measur- ably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are in- dispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school Hand Great Primer Modern, solid. 23 lines, 136 words. 126 GREAT PRIMER EXPERIENCE proves that the appren- tice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The up- right, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- Hand Great Primer Old Style, leaded. 21 lines, 137 words. GREAT PRIMER 127 EXPERIENCE proves that the appren- tice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The up- right, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of print- ing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion ? // he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight Hand Great Primer Old Style, solid. 23 lines, 151 words. 128 FOURTEEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a Hand 14 pt. Caslon, leaded. 24 lines, 193 words. FOURTEEN POINT CASLON 129 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an ex- Hand 14 pt. Caslon, solid. 28 lines, 227 words. 130 FOURTEEN POINT EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He Hand 14 pt. Old Style, leaded. 24 lines, 179 words. FOURTEEN POINT 131 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the Hand 14 pt. Old Style, solid. 28 lines, 214 words. 132 ENGLISH MODERN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these que- ries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and strict Hand English Modern, leaded. 25 lines, 194 words. ENGLISH MODERN 133 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, in- dustrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady indus- try are indispensable. When a lad who pos- sesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is Tie a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these que- ries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an Hand English Modern, solid. 29 lines, 227 words. 134 ENGLISH OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skil- ful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to ac- quire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for read- ing? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to Hand English Old Style, leaded. 25 lines, 187 words. ENGLISH OLD STYLE 135 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclina- tion of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skil- ful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to ac- quire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for read- ing? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year Hand English Old Style, solid. 29 lines, 221 words. 136 TWELVE POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of corn- Hand 12 pt. Scotch, leaded. 28 lines, 238 words. TWELVE POINT SCOTCH 137 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school educa- tion ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are Hand 12 pt. Scotch, solid. 32 lines, 277 words. 138 TWELVE POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshad- ows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- Hand 12 pt. Caslon, leaded. 28 lines, 264 words. TWELVE POINT CASLON 139 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshad- ows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had ^ fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- man under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight rHand 12 pt. Caslon, solid. 32 lines, 300 words. 140 TWELVE POINT OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshad- ows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good*? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- Hand 12 pt. Old Style, leaded. 28 lines, 264 words TWELVE POINT OLD STYLE 141 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshad- ows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journey- man under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight Hand 12 pt. Old Style, solid. 32 lines, 300 words. 142 TWELVE POINT CHELTENHAM Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to Hand 12 pt. Cheltenham, leaded. 28 lines, 286 words. TWELVE POINT CHELTENHAM 143 Experience proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it Hand 12 pt. Cheltenham, solid. 32 lines, 324 words. 144 THREE NICK PICA EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will gradu- ate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he Hand Three Nick Pica, leaded. 28 lines, 247 words. THREE NICK PICA 145 proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will gradu- ate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them Hand Three Nick Pica, solid. 32 lines, 288 words. 146 ELECTRO PICA OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will gradu- ate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he Hand Electro Pica Old Style, leaded. 28 lines, 247 words. ELECTRO PICA OLD STYLE 147 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will gradu- ate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the fore- man or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them Hand Electro Pica Old Style, solid. 32 lines, 288 words. 148 ELEVEN POINT MODERN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight Hand 11 pt. Modern, leaded. 30 lines, 300 words. ELEVEN POINT MODERN 149 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the posi- tion of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No Hand 11 pt. Modern, solid. 36 lines, 359 words. 150 ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctu- ality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excel- lent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is Hand 11 pt. Scotch, leaded. 30 lines, 312 words. ELEVEN POINT SCOTCH 151 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctu- ality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excel- lent preparative for "going to case, 1 ' or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he Hand 11 pt. Scotch, solid. 36 lines, 376 words. i 5 2 ELEVEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to Hand 11 pt. Caslon, leaded. 30 lines, 319 words ELEVEN POINT CASLON 153 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the com- posing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to Hand 11 pt. Caslon, solid. 36 lines, 386 words. 154 SMALL PICA NUMBER ONE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies Hand Small Pica No. 1, leaded. 32 lines, 297 words. SMALL PICA NUMBER ONE 155 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice fore- shadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case/' or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at Hand Small Pica No. 1, solid. 38 lines, 354 words. 156 TEN POINT MODERN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a per- fect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the vari- ous letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In Hand 10 pt. Modern, leaded. 33 lines, 328 words. TEN POINT MODERN 157 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset deter- mine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a per- fect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the vari- ous letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to com- position, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first Hand 10 pt. Modem, solid. 39 lines, 392 words. 158 TEN POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be Hand 10 pt. Scotch, leaded. 33 lines, 364 words. TEN POINT SCOTCH 159 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school edu- cation ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swift- ness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care Hand 10 pt. Scotch, solid. 39 lines, 435 words. 160 TEN POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case/* or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural con- Hand 10 pt. Caslon, leaded. 33 lines, 407 words. TEN POINT CASLON 161 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand- boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet suffi- ciently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural con- sequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines Hand 10 pt. Caslon, solid. 39 lines, 485 words. 162 TEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master- work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he un- der fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks be- tween the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. Hand 10 pt. No. 20, leaded. 33 lines, 382 words. TEN POINT NUMBER TWENTY 163 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the in- clination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master- knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be be- cause he did not at his outset determine to be a master-work- man. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he un- der fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks be- tween the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural con- sequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to Hand 10 pt. No. 20, solid. 39 lines, 455 words. 164 LONG PRIMER NUMBER THIRTEEN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a verfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eye- eight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excel- lent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at Hand Long Primer No. 13, C. F., leaded. 34 lines, 354 words. LONG PEIMEK NUMBEK THIBTEEN 165 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig fore- tells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is lie a perfect speller 9 Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eye- sight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punct- uality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excel- lent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When ne ^ s P u ^ to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. Hand Long Primer No. 13, C. F., solid. 41 lines, 432 words. 166 LONG PRIMER OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to Hand Long Primer Old Style, C. F., leaded. 34 lines, 365 words. LONG PRIMER OLD STYLE 167 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to pre- vent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swift- ness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an Hand Long Primer Old Style, C. F., solid. 41 lines, 447 words. 168 ELECTRO BOURGEOIS MODERN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as un- mistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for read- ing ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " go- ing to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal dis- tances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, Hand Electro Bourgeois Modern, leaded. 38 lines, 424 words. ELECTRO BOURGEOIS MODERN 169 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as un- mistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset de- termine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for read- ing ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for * ' go- ing to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal dis- tances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will fol- low as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the appren- tice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," Hand Electro Bourgeois Modern, solid. 47 lines, 524 words. 1 70 ELECTRO BOURGEOIS OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qual- ities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will ap- pear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one Hand Electro Bourgeois Old Style, leaded. 38 lines, 469 words. ELECTRO BOURGEOIS OLD STYLE 171 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the work- man, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qual- ities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative an- swer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent pre- parative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will ap- pear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side- wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," " b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. Hand Electro Bourgeois Old Style, solid. 47 lines, 580 words. 172 EIGHT POINT FARMER'S ROMAN EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fif- teen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctual- ity is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to en- able him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand Hand 8 pt. Farmer's Roman, leaded. 40 lines, 500 words. EIGHT POINT FARMER'S ROMAN 173 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indis- pensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fif- teen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctual- ity is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composi- tion, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to en- able him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out 'the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical posi- tion ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b"from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the ac- Hand 8 pt. Farmer's Roman, solid. 50 lines, 624 words. 174 EIGHT POINT SCOTCH EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispen- sable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the posi- tion of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for ' going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spac- ing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appea at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural conse- quence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly Hand 8 pt. Scotch, leaded. 40 lines, 508 words. EIGHT POINT SCOTCH 175 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispen- sable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the posi- tion of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of com- posing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are per- fectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spac- ing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural conse- quence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," " b " from *' q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to dis- tribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the out- set, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are Hand 8 pt. Scotch, solid. 50 lines, 637 words. 176 EIGHT POINT CASLON EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow . The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all thee queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the poiition of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he it told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a nat- ural consequence. He sets a second line j and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u '* from " n," u b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly Hand 8 pt. Caslon, leaded. 40 lines, 605 words. EIGHT POINT CASLON 177 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obe- dient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmis- takably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be in- quired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a nat- ural consequence. He sets a second line 5 and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," "b " from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novi- tiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridicu- lous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accom- Hand 8 pt. Caslon, solid. 50 lines, 742 words. iy8 EIGHT POINT NUMBER TWENTY EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made fault- less he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u " from "n," "b" Hand 8 pt. No. 20, leaded. 40 lines, 522 words. EIGHT POINT NUMBER TWENTY 179 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common- school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirm- ative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of read- ing and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for ' ' going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them him- self. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thor- ough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made fault- less he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," " b" from " q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In dis- tributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swing- ing the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. Hand 8 pt. No. 20, solid. 50 lines, 657 words. 180 BREVIER NUMBER SIX EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly cor- rect, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accu- rately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with Hand Brevier No. 6, leaded. 40 lines, 510 words. BREVIER NUMBER SIX 181 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master- workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is Tie a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly cor- rect, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doc- trine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and cor- rectly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either back- ward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accu- rately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish " u " from " n," and " b " from " q," and " d" from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he pro- ceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking Hand Brevier No. 6, solid. 50 lines, 640 words. 182 THREE NICK MINION EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from " q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light fallg on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the] types are lightly dropped Hand Three Nick Minion, leaded. 44 lines, 606 words. THREE NICK MINION 183 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or side wise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from " n," "b" from " q," and "d'' from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds BO that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The Hand Three Nick Minion, solid. 57 lines, 759 words. 184 ELECTRO MINION OLD STYLE EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller f Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from fall- ing down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely ami vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from " n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate Hand Electro Minion Old Style, leaded. 44 lines, 619 words. ELECTRO MINION OLD STYLE 185 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his out- set determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education? Is he a perfect speller 1 ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from fall- ing down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from " q," and " d" from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foun- dation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The ap- prentice's time is not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it by Hand Electro Minion Old Style, solid. 57 lines, 773 words. x86 SIX POINT NUMBER TWENTY EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is,' a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and fore- finger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acqui- sition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctu- ality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it Hand 6 pt. No. 20, leaded. 50 lines, 772 words. SIX POINT NUMBER TWENTY 187 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, indus- trious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair com- mon-school education? Is he a perfect speller? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for " going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the apprentice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u " from "n," "b" from "q," and " d " from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and fore- finger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acqui- sition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctu- ality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatis- faction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so useful that his services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effectively aid in his advancement. Courtesy toward his master is a matter of course, and deserving of little commendation; but he must be courteous to customers when sent out on an errand, and courteous to the workmen in the office. By this means he will secure good-will, and many a friendly hint will be given to him in acquiring a knowledge of the art. The habit when fixed will bless him and others as long as he lives. Position. The standing position of a compositor should be perfectly upright, with- out stiffness or restraint ; the shoulders thrown back, the feet firm on the floor, heels Hand 6 pt. No. 20, solid. 66 lines, 996 words. 188 COPPERFACE NONPAREIL EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading ? Is his eyesight good ? Is he under fifteen years of age ? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line In an exact vertical position; and when he essays to empty the etick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the appren- tice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from " p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and his eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. He must conscientiously .'observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished Hand Copperface Nonpareil, leaded. 50 lines, 742 words. COPPERFACE NONPAREIL 189 EXPERIENCE proves that the apprentice foreshadows the workman, just as surely as the bend of the twig foretells the inclination of the tree. The upright, obedient, industrious lad will graduate a steady, skilful, and capable man, as unmistakably as the perverse, idling, careless boy will ripen into a lazy, dissolute, and worthless fellow. The fact is, a boy is measurably the maker of his own destiny ; and if he fails to acquire a master-knowledge of the trade to which he is put, it will mainly be because he did not at his outset determine to be a master-workman. Good morals and steady industry are indispensable. When a lad who possesses these qualities proposes to learn the art and mystery of printing, it should be inquired of him, Has he had a fair common-school education ? Is he a perfect speller ? Has he a turn for reading? Is his eyesight good? Is he under fifteen years of age? A true affirmative answer to all these queries will entitle him to the position of reading and errand-boy. He is told the hours at which he is to come and go, and a strict punctuality is enjoined upon him. He sweeps the room he sorts out the pi he learns the position of the various letters in the case. A year spent in this way is an excellent preparative for "going to case," or learning the art of composing type. When he is put to composition, he is told to set up one line and show it to the foreman or to the journeyman under whose care he may be placed. The errors in the line are pointed out to him, and he is required to correct them himself. When the words are perfectly correct, he justifies the line tight enough to prevent it from falling down when the composing-stick is slightly inclined, and yet sufficiently loose to enable him to lift it out with ease. In thus spacing out the line, the blanks between the words must be so graduated that, when the matter is printed, all the words will appear at equal distances apart. No matter how impatient he may be to get on, he must be drilled at this exercise till he becomes a thorough master of it. The grand doctrine to be instilled into him at first is, to do his work well and correctly ; swiftness will follow as a natural consequence. He sets a second line ; and after it has been made faultless he proceeds with the third, and so on till the stick is full. The utmost care must be taken to keep every letter and every line in an exact vertical position ; and when he essays to empty the stick he must be taught to lift the entire mass in one square solid body, and to place it squarely and vertically on the galley. If the lines are allowed to slant either backward or sidewise, it is difficult afterward to make them stand accurately. After the appren- tice has become thoroughly conversant with the shape of every type, and can distinguish "u" from "n," "b" from "q," and "d" from "p," he is allowed to distribute type for his own use. He is taught to take up at one time no more matter than he can conveniently grasp in his left hand, which he holds so that the light falls on the face of the type, and bis eye can readily read it. In distributing the various letters, he takes a word or two between the thumb and forefinger of his right hand, and the types are lightly dropped into their respective boxes. At the outset, and as he proceeds, the novitiate must be cautioned against the acquisition of bad habits : such as swinging the body as the types are picked up, nicking the type against the stick several times before placing it in line, standing on one leg, etc. While avoiding these ridiculous practices, a learner must acquire (if he does not possess them already) certain habitudes or principles which lie at the foundation of successful effort. The first is Punctuality. Jle must conscientiously observe the time-rules of the office in coming and leaving. The early hours are the best for work ; and the mind being cheered by the consciousness of doing right, the body feels the influence, and is strengthened ; and when the quitting hour arrives, the amount of work accomplished will satisfy himself and his master too. The most successful masters have been distinguished for punctuality. The apprentice's time is not his own, but his master's property ; and wasting it by want of punctuality, or idling during his master's absence, is simply equivalent to stealing. The second point is Obedience. The apprentice has no right to question orders given by the master or his deputy. His duty is promptly to do as he is told, without grumbling or dissatis- faction. Let him remember that he is under orders, and that, if he ever expects to learn how to command, he must learn in his youth how to obey. He will promote his own interests by seeking to anticipate his master's wishes, and by endeavoring to make himself so useful that his services cannot well be dispensed with. Akin to this is Courtesy. Good manners in a youth are wonderfully pleasing, and effectively aid in his advancement. Courtesy toward his master is a matter of course, and deserving of little commendation ; but he must be courteous to customers when sent out on an errand, and courteous to the workmen in the office. By this means he will secure good-will, and many a friendly hint will be given to him in acquiring a knowledge of Hand Copperface Nonpareil, solid. 66 lines, 955 words. i Specimen of Printer's Proof, showing the Manner of Making Corrections. Every day this question is asked, and as often it is answered in the affirmative and al- most as Affectively denied by the success and failure of liberal advertisers throughout the ^The failures we hear little about, but they occur, nevertheless. A prominent an element of uncertainty attached to the adv^r- tising of any article or 'business^but thgr^ fail ^ ures are simply^the exception which serves ^ torove the rule that advertising; properly / conductedQpays, In advertisina^continuous u */ ID is the wordJPlunges are Barely successful. / It's the constant drop oXprinter^ink which A^l in^^lces the purchaser/to come in out of the l Wv rain, ^ome men akice an ordinary arQiounce- C / J ment in a par^r; do not follow^it^up^to^see